December 2015 - openSUSE Translation Commits

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95154 - trunk/yast/hu/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:05:08 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95154 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for hu Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po 2015-12-07 19:05:03 UTC (rev 95153) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po 2015-12-07 19:05:08 UTC (rev 95154) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Hitelesített kliensek" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 @@ -102,43 +102,44 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Kiválasztott szolgáltatás" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Registration Server" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Egyedi regisztrációs kiszolgáló" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Név" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Érték" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Leírás" # clients/lan_modem.ycp:602 #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Modemparaméterek" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Szűrő:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -155,32 +156,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile." msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "A jelenleg aktív profilt nem lehet törölni." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Valóban törölni akarja a(z) %1 partíciót?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" # clients/lan_modem.ycp:688 #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem parameter details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "A modem paramétereinek részletei" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -189,13 +190,13 @@ # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:117 menuentries/menuentry_lan_ypclient.ycp:14 #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Naplózás engedélyezve" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95153 - trunk/yast/hr/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:05:03 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95153 Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for hr Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:56 UTC (rev 95152) +++ trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po 2015-12-07 19:05:03 UTC (rev 95153) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Autorizacijski ključ" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -97,42 +97,43 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Izabrani servis" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Xgl options" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Prilagođeni Xgl izbori" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Ime" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Vrijednost" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Opis" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Parametri modema" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name of New File" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Naziv nove datoteke" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -149,31 +150,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Zaista obrisati dio %1?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Da li zaista želite ukloniti particiju %1?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Detalji parametara modema" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -181,13 +182,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "N&IS domain name:" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Na&ziv NIS domene:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -195,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95152 - trunk/yast/hi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:56 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95152 Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for hi Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:50 UTC (rev 95151) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:56 UTC (rev 95152) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -96,40 +96,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "सेवा सृजित करें" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "नाम" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "वैल्यू" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "विवरण" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "मोडम प्राचलें" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "छलनी" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,31 +147,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "वास्तव में अनुभाग%1 को हटाएं?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "क्या आप वास्तव में विभाजन %1 को हटाना चाहते हैं?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "मोडम प्राचल का विस्तृत सूचना" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -178,13 +179,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "लोगिगं समर्थ हैं" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95151 - trunk/yast/he/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:50 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95151 Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for he Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2015-12-07 19:04:43 UTC (rev 95150) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2015-12-07 19:04:50 UTC (rev 95151) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -93,44 +93,45 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" # table header texts -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "שם" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 #, fuzzy #| msgid "V&alue" msgid "Value" msgstr "ע&רך" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "תיאור" # label text #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Module &Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "פילטר:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" @@ -155,23 +156,23 @@ # /////////////////////////////////////////////////// # now delete partition!! # popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "האם באמת למחוק את המחיצה %1 ?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -179,11 +180,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95150 - trunk/yast/gu/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:43 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95150 Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for gu Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po 2015-12-07 19:04:41 UTC (rev 95149) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po 2015-12-07 19:04:43 UTC (rev 95150) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Method" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "ઓથેન્ટીકેશન મેથડ" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -96,40 +96,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "સેવા બનાવો" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "નામ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "મૂલ્ય" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "વર્ણન" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "મોડેમ પારામિટર્સ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "ફિલ્ટર:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,31 +147,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "ખરેખર સેક્શન %1 કાઢી નાખવું છે?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr " તમે ખરેખર %1 પાર્ટીશન કાઢી નાખવા માગો છો? " #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "મોડેમ પારામીટર ડિટેલ્સ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -178,13 +179,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "લોગિંગ સક્ષમ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95149 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:41 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95149 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po Log: Merged tune.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:40 UTC (rev 95148) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:41 UTC (rev 95149) @@ -25,12 +25,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, " -"use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detección de hardware - este módulo non é compatíbel interface de liña de " -"ordes, empregue '%1' no seu lugar." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detección de hardware - este módulo non é compatíbel interface de liña de ordes, empregue '%1' no seu lugar." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -63,16 +59,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "O módulo Información do hardware mostra a información sobre\n" -"o hardware do seu computador. Prema en calquera nodo para máis información.<" -"/p>\n" +"o hardware do seu computador. Prema en calquera nodo para máis información.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and " -"enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Pode gardar información de hardware nun ficheiro. Prema en Gardar en " -"ficheiro e escriba o nome do ficheiro." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Pode gardar información de hardware nun ficheiro. Prema en Gardar en ficheiro e escriba o nome do ficheiro." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -97,12 +88,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"Detalles Aquí móstranse os detalles dos compoñentes de " -"hardware seleccionados." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "Detalles Aquí móstranse os detalles dos compoñentes de hardware seleccionados." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -153,27 +140,16 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Hardware detectado Esta táboa contén todos os compoñentes de " -"hardware detectados no seu sistema." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Hardware detectado Esta táboa contén todos os compoñentes de hardware detectados no seu sistema." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Detalles Seleccione un compoñente e prema en Detallespara " -"ver unha descrición polo miúdo do compoñente." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Detalles Seleccione un compoñente e prema en Detallespara ver unha descrición polo miúdo do compoñente." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 -#| msgid "" -#| "Save to File You can save\n" -#| " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in Save to File." msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." @@ -309,51 +285,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"É posíbel engadir un ID PCI a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar a " -"base de datos interna de dispositivos compatíbeis." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "É posíbel engadir un ID PCI a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar a base de datos interna de dispositivos compatíbeis." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Os números de identificación de PCI introdúcense e móstranse como números " -"hexadecimais. Dir. SysFS é o nome dun cartafol no directorio " -"/sys/bus/pci/drivers. Se está baleiro, empregarase o nome do controlador como " -"nome do directorio." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Os números de identificación de PCI introdúcense e móstranse como números hexadecimais. Dir. SysFS é o nome dun cartafol no directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Se está baleiro, empregarase o nome do controlador como nome do directorio." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and " -"enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Se compila o controlador no kernel, deixe baleiro o nome do controlador e " -"introduza no seu lugar o nome do directorio SysFS." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Se compila o controlador no kernel, deixe baleiro o nome do controlador e introduza no seu lugar o nome do directorio SysFS." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %" -"1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Empregue os botóns situados baixo a táboa para cambiar a lista de " -"identificadores ID PCI. Prema en %1 para activar os axustes." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Empregue os botóns situados baixo a táboa para cambiar a lista de identificadores ID PCI. Prema en %1 para activar os axustes." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Aviso: Esta é unha configuración avanzada. Continúe só se sabe o " -"que está a facer." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Aviso: Esta é unha configuración avanzada. Continúe só se sabe o que está a facer." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1105,22 +1058,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the " -"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Planificador global de E/S</big> \n" "Seleccione o algoritmo que ordena e envía ordes aos dispositivos\n" -"de disco. Esta é una opción global, utilizarase con todos os dispositivos de " -"disco\n" +"de disco. Esta é una opción global, utilizarase con todos os dispositivos de disco\n" "do sistema. Se a opción non está configurada, emprégase o planificador\n" "predeterminado (normalmente 'cfq'). Consulte a documentación no directorio\n" -"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) para obter máis " -"información.\n" +"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) para obter máis información.\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 @@ -1131,23 +1079,17 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Activar teclas PetSis (SysRq)</big> \n" -"Se activa a tecla PetSis (SysRq), terá certo control sobre o sistema aínda " -"que este\n" -"se quebre (por exemplo, durante a depuración do kernel). Si a opción está " -"activada, a combinación de teclas\n" -"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará a orde respectiva (por exemplo, reiniciar " -"o\n" -"computador, envorcar a información do kernel). Para máis información, " -"consulte \n" +"Se activa a tecla PetSis (SysRq), terá certo control sobre o sistema aínda que este\n" +"se quebre (por exemplo, durante a depuración do kernel). Si a opción está activada, a combinación de teclas\n" +"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará a orde respectiva (por exemplo, reiniciar o\n" +"computador, envorcar a información do kernel). Para máis información, consulte \n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95148 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:40 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95148 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po Log: Merged sysconfig.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:38 UTC (rev 95147) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:40 UTC (rev 95148) @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Establece o valor da variábel. Precisa das opcións 'variable' e 'value'" +msgstr "Establece o valor da variábel. Precisa das opcións 'variable' e 'value'" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -313,25 +312,17 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Tras gardar as modificacións, este editor cambia as variabeis no ficheiro\n" -"sysconfig correspondente. Daquela inicia as ordes de activación que modifican " -"os ficheiros de configuración subxacentes, reinicia os daemons e executa\n" -"as ferramentas de configuración de baixo nivel para que a configuración en " -"sysconfig teña efecto.\n" +"sysconfig correspondente. Daquela inicia as ordes de activación que modifican os ficheiros de configuración subxacentes, reinicia os daemons e executa\n" +"as ferramentas de configuración de baixo nivel para que a configuración en sysconfig teña efecto.\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Importante: Pode editar cada ficheiro de configuración manualmente. " -"O nome do ficheiro amósase na descrición da variábel." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Importante: Pode editar cada ficheiro de configuración manualmente. O nome do ficheiro amósase na descrición da variábel." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -344,23 +335,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Editor de configuración do sistemaO editor de configuración " -"do sistema permítelle cambiar a configuración do sistema. Tamén pode usar " -"YaST parar configurar o hardware e o sistema." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Editor de configuración do sistemaO editor de configuración do sistema permítelle cambiar a configuración do sistema. Tamén pode usar YaST parar configurar o hardware e o sistema." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Nota: as descricións non están traducidas porque se len " -"directamente dos ficheiros de configuración." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Nota: as descricións non están traducidas porque se len directamente dos ficheiros de configuración." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -389,13 +370,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Aquí pode ver os resultados da súa busca. Se ve o elemento que estaba a " -"buscar, prema nel e despois en \"Aceptar\". En caso contrario, prema " -"\"Cancelar\" para pechar este diálogo." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Aquí pode ver os resultados da súa busca. Se ve o elemento que estaba a buscar, prema nel e despois en \"Aceptar\". En caso contrario, prema \"Cancelar\" para pechar este diálogo." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -577,32 +553,26 @@ #. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart #. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 -#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Recargando o servizo %s..." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 -#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao recargar o servizo %s" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 -#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "O servizo %s vaise recargar" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 -#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Reiniciando o servizo %s..." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 -#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao recargar o servizo %s" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 -#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "O servizo %s será reiniciado" @@ -612,10 +582,8 @@ #. @param service name #. @return [Boolean] active? #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 -#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" -msgstr "" -"Non se pode determinar o estado do servizo, o servizo systemd non existe:" +msgstr "Non se pode determinar o estado do servizo, o servizo systemd non existe:" #. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95147 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:38 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95147 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po Log: Merged qt.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:36 UTC (rev 95146) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:38 UTC (rev 95147) @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ msgstr "Axuda" #. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Pechar" @@ -136,21 +136,18 @@ #. "Release Notes" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 -#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "&Notas da Publicación" #. "Steps" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 -#| msgid "Steps" msgid "&Steps" msgstr "&Pasos" #. "Tree" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 -#| msgid "Tree" msgid "&Tree" msgstr "&Árbore"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95146 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:36 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95146 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po Log: Merged opensuse_mirror.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:35 UTC (rev 95145) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:36 UTC (rev 95146) @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ msgstr "Directorio" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 -#| msgid "Error" msgid "Mirrored" msgstr "Replicado" @@ -54,12 +53,10 @@ msgstr "non" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 -#| msgid "Exit" msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Saír" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 -#| msgid "Error" msgid "&Mirror" msgstr "Servidor de &réplica" @@ -68,7 +65,5 @@ msgstr "&Non replicar" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 -#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgid "Select/Deselect &All" msgstr "Seleccionar/deselecionar &todo" -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95145 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:35 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95145 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po Log: Merged nfs.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:31 UTC (rev 95144) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:35 UTC (rev 95145) @@ -75,9 +75,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Id do sistema de ficheiros, nfs e nfs4 permitidos. O valor predeterminado é " -"nfs." +msgstr "Id do sistema de ficheiros, nfs e nfs4 permitidos. O valor predeterminado é nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line @@ -169,16 +167,14 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "A táboa contén todos os directorios\n" -"exportados desde servidores remotos e montados localmente a través de NFS " -"(recursos NFS)." +"exportados desde servidores remotos e montados localmente a través de NFS (recursos NFS)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "Cada recurso NFS identifícase a través do enderezo do servidor\n" @@ -190,30 +186,24 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Para montar un novo recurso NFS, prema en Engadir. Para\n" -"cambiar a configuración do recurso montado actualmente, prema en Editar" -".\n" +"cambiar a configuración do recurso montado actualmente, prema en Editar.\n" "Desinstale ou desmonte o recurso seleccionado con Eliminar.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" -"Se necesita acceder a recursos NFSv4 (NFSv4 é unha versión máis nova do " -"protocolo NFS),\n" +"Se necesita acceder a recursos NFSv4 (NFSv4 é unha versión máis nova do protocolo NFS),\n" "marque a opción Activar NFSv4. Neste caso, necesitará o\n" -"Nome de dominio NFSv4 específico, requirido para configurar " -"correctamente\n" +"Nome de dominio NFSv4 específico, requirido para configurar correctamente\n" "os permisos de acceso de ficheiros e directorios.\n" #. selection box label @@ -340,14 +330,12 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"En Punto de montaxe, introduza a ruta do sistema de ficheiros local " -"onde se debe montar o directorio. Prema\n" +"En Punto de montaxe, introduza a ruta do sistema de ficheiros local onde se debe montar o directorio. Prema\n" "Examinar, para seleccionar o punto de montaxe\n" "de xeito interactivo." @@ -478,25 +466,21 @@ #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 -#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1" msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor inesperado '%{value}' da opción '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 -#| msgid "Unknown option: %1" msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Opción descoñecida: '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 -#| msgid "Invalid option: %1" msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Opción incorrecta: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 -#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1" msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor baleiro para a opción: '%{key}'"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95144 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:31 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95144 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:28 UTC (rev 95143) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:31 UTC (rev 95144) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Clientes autenticados" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -98,42 +98,43 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Servizo seleccionado" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Registration Server" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Servidor de rexistro de usuario" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descrición" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros do Módem" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filtro:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -150,29 +151,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Desexa de verdade eliminar a sección %1?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Desexa realmente eliminar esta entrada?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -180,13 +181,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "N&IS domain name:" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Nome de dominio N&IS:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -194,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95143 - trunk/yast/fr/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:28 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95143 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po Log: Merged ncurses-pkg.pot for fr Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:23 UTC (rev 95142) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:28 UTC (rev 95143) @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-10 19:54+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n" "Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n" @@ -63,11 +63,8 @@ msgstr "suivants ont été modifiés pour résoudre des dépendances :" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un " -"système corrompu." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un système corrompu." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23 #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 @@ -140,36 +137,20 @@ msgstr "Non nécessaire(s)" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont " -"recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Il est proposé d'installer ces paquets car ils complètent des paquets déjà " -"installés. Le choix de les installer revient à l'utilisateur." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Il est proposé d'installer ces paquets car ils complètent des paquets déjà installés. Le choix de les installer revient à l'utilisateur." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"Le résolveur a détecté que ces paquets ne sont associés à aucun dépôt, leur " -"mise à jour est impossible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "Le résolveur a détecté que ces paquets ne sont associés à aucun dépôt, leur mise à jour est impossible." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Ces paquets pourraient ne pas être nécessaires car d'anciennes dépendances " -"ne sont plus en applicables." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Ces paquets pourraient ne pas être nécessaires car d'anciennes dépendances ne sont plus en applicables." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -208,12 +189,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la " -"localisation de %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la localisation de %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -441,8 +418,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "" -"&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés maintenant" +msgstr "&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés maintenant" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -469,8 +445,7 @@ #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "" -"paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :" +msgstr "paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " @@ -634,9 +609,7 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83 #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -"Cette information est disponible pour les paquets installés uniquement.</" -"i>" +msgstr "Cette information est disponible pour les paquets installés uniquement." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__210 #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 @@ -763,98 +736,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Bienvenue dans le sélecteur de paquetCet outil vous aide à " -"gérer les logiciels installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez installer, " -"mettre à jour ou supprimer des paquets, aussi bien que des schémas " -"(ensembles de paquets répondant à un objectif particulier) ou des langues. " -"Habituellement, vous n'avez pas besoin de vous préoccuper des dépendances " -"quand vous installez ou supprimez quelque chose,le résolveur le fera pour " -"vous. Le sélecteur de paquets se compose de 3 parties essentielles: " -"filtres, tableau des paquets et menu." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Bienvenue dans le sélecteur de paquetCet outil vous aide à gérer les logiciels installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez installer, mettre à jour ou supprimer des paquets, aussi bien que des schémas (ensembles de paquets répondant à un objectif particulier) ou des langues. Habituellement, vous n'avez pas besoin de vous préoccuper des dépendances quand vous installez ou supprimez quelque chose,le résolveur le fera pour vous. Le sélecteur de paquets se compose de 3 parties essentielles: filtres, tableau des paquets et menu." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Le Filtre du panneau de gauche est conçu pour une navigation aisée " -"parmi un grand nombre de paquets. Utilisez les filtres pour afficher " -"uniquement les paquets d'un dépôt particulier, ou dans un schéma sélectionné " -"(par exemple Jeux ou Développement C/C++ ) ou pour rechercher des mots-clés " -"spécifiques. Davantage d'informations sur les filtres sont disponibles dans " -"Comment utiliser les filtres." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Le Filtre du panneau de gauche est conçu pour une navigation aisée parmi un grand nombre de paquets. Utilisez les filtres pour afficher uniquement les paquets d'un dépôt particulier, ou dans un schéma sélectionné (par exemple Jeux ou Développement C/C++ ) ou pour rechercher des mots-clés spécifiques. Davantage d'informations sur les filtres sont disponibles dans Comment utiliser les filtres." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"Le tableau des paquets est le composant principal du sélecteur de " -"paquets. Vous y trouverez une liste de paquets correspondant au filtre " -"courant (par exemple, le groupe RPM sélectionné ou le résultat de " -"recherche). Chaque ligne du tableau des paquets présente plusieurs colonnes :" -"" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "Le tableau des paquets est le composant principal du sélecteur de paquets. Vous y trouverez une liste de paquets correspondant au filtre courant (par exemple, le groupe RPM sélectionné ou le résultat de recherche). Chaque ligne du tableau des paquets présente plusieurs colonnes :" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>État du paquet (pour plus d'informations voir États des paquets " -"et Symboles)</li><li>Nom du paquet</li><li>Résumé du paquet</" -"li><li>Version disponible (dans certains dépôts configurés)</li><li>Version " -"installée (vide pour les paquets non installés) </li><li>Taille du paquet</" -"li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>État du paquet (pour plus d'informations voir États des paquets et Symboles)</li><li>Nom du paquet</li><li>Résumé du paquet</li><li>Version disponible (dans certains dépôts configurés)</li><li>Version installée (vide pour les paquets non installés) </li><li>Taille du paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Le menu Actions sous le tableau vous permet de changer l'état du " -"paquet sélectionné (ou de tous les paquets dans la liste), par exemple de " -"supprimer un paquet ou de sélectionner un paquet additionnel pour " -"l'installation. Le changement d'état peut également être réalisé directement " -"en pressant la touche spécifiée dans le menu (pour de plus amples " -"informations quant à l'état du paquet, voir Status de paquet et Symboles</" -"i>)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Le menu Actions sous le tableau vous permet de changer l'état du paquet sélectionné (ou de tous les paquets dans la liste), par exemple de supprimer un paquet ou de sélectionner un paquet additionnel pour l'installation. Le changement d'état peut également être réalisé directement en pressant la touche spécifiée dans le menu (pour de plus amples informations quant à l'état du paquet, voir Status de paquet et Symboles)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"Menu fournit les fonctions relatives à la gestion des dépendances " -"des paquets. Afficher les informations utiles sur les paquets et effectuer " -"des actions telles que l'ouverture du gestionnaire de dépôts. Pour plus " -"d'informations, voir Fonctions utiles dans le Menu." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "Menu fournit les fonctions relatives à la gestion des dépendances des paquets. Afficher les informations utiles sur les paquets et effectuer des actions telles que l'ouverture du gestionnaire de dépôts. Pour plus d'informations, voir Fonctions utiles dans le Menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -863,31 +771,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"L'état des paquets peut être modifié en utilisant le menu Actions " -"ou les touches spécifiées dans les options du menu. Par exemple, utilisez " -"'+' pour installer un paquet additionnel. L'état \"Tabou\" signifie " -"que le paquet ne devrait jamais être installé. Au contraire, l'état " -"\"Verrouillé\" signifie que la version installée d'un paquet devrait " -"toujours être conservée." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "L'état des paquets peut être modifié en utilisant le menu Actions ou les touches spécifiées dans les options du menu. Par exemple, utilisez '+' pour installer un paquet additionnel. L'état \"Tabou\" signifie que le paquet ne devrait jamais être installé. Au contraire, l'état \"Verrouillé\" signifie que la version installée d'un paquet devrait toujours être conservée." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la touche RET ou ESPACE pour " -"basculer l'état d'un paquet. Le menu Actions vous permet également de " -"changer l'état pour tous les paquets de la liste (sélectionnez 'Tous les " -"paquets listés')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la touche RET ou ESPACE pour basculer l'état d'un paquet. Le menu Actions vous permet également de changer l'état pour tous les paquets de la liste (sélectionnez 'Tous les paquets listés')." # TLABEL online-update_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. part 3 of help text package status @@ -897,31 +787,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : le paquet est sélectionné pour l'installationa+ </" -"b> : le paquet sera installé automatiquement > : le paquet " -"sera mis à joura> : le paquet sera mis à jour " -"automatiquement i : le paquet est installé - : " -"le paquet sera supprimé --- : ne jamais installer le paquet " -"(tabou)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : le paquet est sélectionné pour l'installationa+ : le paquet sera installé automatiquement > : le paquet sera mis à joura> : le paquet sera mis à jour automatiquement i : le paquet est installé - : le paquet sera supprimé --- : ne jamais installer le paquet (tabou)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i- : conserver la version installée et ne jamais la mettre à jour " -"ni la supprimer (paquet verrouillé)Informations d'état pour le schéma " -"et les langues: i : Toutes les exigences de ce schéma/de " -"cette langue sont satisfaits." +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i- : conserver la version installée et ne jamais la mettre à jour ni la supprimer (paquet verrouillé)Informations d'état pour le schéma et les langues: i : Toutes les exigences de ce schéma/de cette langue sont satisfaits." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -930,88 +802,29 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Les Filtres vous permettent de filtrer tous les paquets " -"disponibles selon le critère défini. Les filtres de paquets sont basés sur " -"les propriétés des paquets (dépôt, Groupe RPM), les \"ensembles\" de paquets " -"(schémas, langues), les catégories de paquets ou les résultats de recherche. " -"Sélectionnez le filtre désiré dans le menu déroulant. Les filtres " -"spécifiques sont décrits ci-dessous." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Les Filtres vous permettent de filtrer tous les paquets disponibles selon le critère défini. Les filtres de paquets sont basés sur les propriétés des paquets (dépôt, Groupe RPM), les \"ensembles\" de paquets (schémas, langues), les catégories de paquets ou les résultats de recherche. Sélectionnez le filtre désiré dans le menu déroulant. Les filtres spécifiques sont décrits ci-dessous." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Les Schémas décrivent les caractéristiques et les fonctions " -"souhaités sur un système (par exemple, Serveur X ou Outils de console). " -"Chaque schéma contient un ensemble de paquets qui sont requis (qu'il vous " -"est nécessaire d'avoir), recommandés (qu'il vous est conseillé d'avoir), et " -"suggérés (que vous pouvez aussi avoir). Si vous sélectionnez un schéma pour " -"installation, mise à jour ou suppression, le résolveur sera lancé et " -"modifiera l'état des paquets concernés en conséquence." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Les Schémas décrivent les caractéristiques et les fonctions souhaités sur un système (par exemple, Serveur X ou Outils de console). Chaque schéma contient un ensemble de paquets qui sont requis (qu'il vous est nécessaire d'avoir), recommandés (qu'il vous est conseillé d'avoir), et suggérés (que vous pouvez aussi avoir). Si vous sélectionnez un schéma pour installation, mise à jour ou suppression, le résolveur sera lancé et modifiera l'état des paquets concernés en conséquence." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Les Langues sont des ensembles de paquets tout comme les schémas. " -"Ils contiennent des paquets avec des traductions, des dictionnaires et " -"d'autres fichiers spécifiques d'une langue particulière. Les Groupes RPM</" -"b> ne sont pas des ensembles de paquets qui peuvent être installés. En fait, " -"l'appartenance à certains groupes de RPM constitue une propriété du paquet " -"lui-même. Ils ont une structure hiérarchique (arbre). Le filtre de " -"dépôts affiche les paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt spécifique." +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Les Langues sont des ensembles de paquets tout comme les schémas. Ils contiennent des paquets avec des traductions, des dictionnaires et d'autres fichiers spécifiques d'une langue particulière. Les Groupes RPM ne sont pas des ensembles de paquets qui peuvent être installés. En fait, l'appartenance à certains groupes de RPM constitue une propriété du paquet lui-même. Ils ont une structure hiérarchique (arbre). Le filtre de dépôts affiche les paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt spécifique." # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__22 #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser le filtre de Recherche, entrez un mot-clé (ou une " -"partie de mot-clé) pour votre recherche de paquet. Par exemple, pour " -"rechercher tous les paquets 3D, utiliser l'expression \"3d\". Vous pouvez " -"aussi chercher dans la description des paquets qu'un RPM fournit ou " -"requiert. Cochez la case correspondante et cliquez sur le bouton 'Chercher'." -" " +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Pour utiliser le filtre de Recherche, entrez un mot-clé (ou une partie de mot-clé) pour votre recherche de paquet. Par exemple, pour rechercher tous les paquets 3D, utiliser l'expression \"3d\". Vous pouvez aussi chercher dans la description des paquets qu'un RPM fournit ou requiert. Cochez la case correspondante et cliquez sur le bouton 'Chercher'. " #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"Le Résumé d'installation présente un aperçu des paquets dont l'étata " -"été modifié durant la session en cours (ex. marqués pour installation ou " -"suppression), aussi bien par l'utilisateur que par le résolveur. Le filtre " -" Catégories de paquets fournit des informations sur les paquets " -"Recommandés,Suggérés,Orphelins et Non requis." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "Le Résumé d'installation présente un aperçu des paquets dont l'étata été modifié durant la session en cours (ex. marqués pour installation ou suppression), aussi bien par l'utilisateur que par le résolveur. Le filtre Catégories de paquets fournit des informations sur les paquets Recommandés,Suggérés,Orphelins et Non requis." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -1019,135 +832,32 @@ msgstr "Fonctions utiles du menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Dépendances : Ce menu offre diverses actions en relation avec la " -"gestion des dépendances des paquets. Par défaut, les dépendances des paquets " -"sont vérifiées à chaque changement d'état. Vous serez informé des conflits " -"entre paquets dans une boite de dialogue proposant des possibilités de " -"résolution des conflits. Pour résoudre un conflit, sélectionnez l'une des " -"solutions proposées et cliquez sur 'OK - Réessayer'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Dépendances : Ce menu offre diverses actions en relation avec la gestion des dépendances des paquets. Par défaut, les dépendances des paquets sont vérifiées à chaque changement d'état. Vous serez informé des conflits entre paquets dans une boite de dialogue proposant des possibilités de résolution des conflits. Pour résoudre un conflit, sélectionnez l'une des solutions proposées et cliquez sur 'OK - Réessayer'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement " -"d'état, désactivez Vérification automatique des dépendances. Vous " -"pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant Vérifier " -"les dépendances maintenant. L'entrée Vérifier le système " -"vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les " -"conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les " -"paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, " -"utilisez Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances. Cela " -"génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/" -"log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin " -"lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement d'état, désactivez Vérification automatique des dépendances. Vous pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant Vérifier les dépendances maintenant. L'entrée Vérifier le système vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, utilisez Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances. Cela génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " -"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont :" -" Vérification automatique des dépendances (voir ci-dessus), " -"Installer les paquets recommandés : si elle est activée, les " -"dépendances faibles seront installées, Mode de vérification du système</" -"i> : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout " -"immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec " -"Vérifier le système maintenant, l'option Mode de vérification du " -"système est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options " -"sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/" -"sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont : Vérification automatique des dépendances (voir ci-dessus), Installer les paquets recommandés : si elle est activée, les dépendances faibles seront installées, Mode de vérification du système : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec Vérifier le système maintenant, l'option Mode de vérification du système est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Options avancées : Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets</" -"i> : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. Autoriser le changement " -"de fournisseur : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur " -"du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent " -"uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la " -"bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Options avancées : Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. Autoriser le changement de fournisseur : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Visualisation : Choisissez quelles informations à propos du " -"paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau " -"des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données " -"techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes " -"disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) " -"et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Visualisation : Choisissez quelles informations à propos du paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Configuration : Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi " -"que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous " -"pouvez Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts et modifier les dépôts " -"configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer " -"le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (Lancer la " -"configuration de la mise à jour en ligne). Vous pouvez aussi choisir " -"l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la " -"fermeture dans le menu Action après l'installation des paquets." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Configuration : Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous pouvez Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts et modifier les dépôts configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (Lancer la configuration de la mise à jour en ligne). Vous pouvez aussi choisir l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la fermeture dans le menu Action après l'installation des paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extras : Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. Exporter la " -"liste de paquets vers un fichier ajoutera les données concernant les " -"paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML " -"spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option Importer " -"une liste de paquets depuis un fichier, par exemple sur un ordinateur " -"différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le " -"même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. Afficher l'espace disque " -"disponible affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation " -"du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extras : Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. Exporter la liste de paquets vers un fichier ajoutera les données concernant les paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option Importer une liste de paquets depuis un fichier, par exemple sur un ordinateur différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. Afficher l'espace disque disponible affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__52 #. label of a frame with search settings @@ -1362,8 +1072,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour " +msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour " # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__16 #. the headline of the help popup @@ -1374,92 +1083,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Information générale concernant les correctifs :Les correctifs du " -"type sécurité comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons " -"fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs " -"recommandés, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections " -"de bogues. Installer les correctifs de fonctionnalités si vous êtes " -"intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Information générale concernant les correctifs :Les correctifs du type sécurité comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs recommandés, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections de bogues. Installer les correctifs de fonctionnalités si vous êtes intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des " -"schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres " -"correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Signification des indicateurs d'état :a+ : les correctifs " -"concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés " -"et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif " -"particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. i : Toutes les " -"exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites. + : Vous avez " -"sélectionné ce correctif pour installation." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Signification des indicateurs d'état :a+ : les correctifs concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. i : Toutes les exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites. + : Vous avez sélectionné ce correctif pour installation." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Davantage d'informations concernant l'état : S'il y a plusieurs " -"correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore " -"appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état a+. " -"Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il " -"pourrait malgré tout apparaître sous le statut i par la suite. Ceci " -"est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont " -"toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, " -"satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Davantage d'informations concernant l'état : S'il y a plusieurs correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état a+. Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il pourrait malgré tout apparaître sous le statut i par la suite. Ceci est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Les menus :Le menu Filtrer permet de filtrer les " -"correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les " -"correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs." -" Utilisez le menu Actions pour modifier l'état d'un correctif." -" Le menu Visualisation offre la possibilité de voir les paquets " -"concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous " -"les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait " -"apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des " -"paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système. Le menu " -"Dépendances contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée " -"'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Les menus :Le menu Filtrer permet de filtrer les correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs. Utilisez le menu Actions pour modifier l'état d'un correctif. Le menu Visualisation offre la possibilité de voir les paquets concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système. Le menu Dépendances contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée 'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1509,12 +1154,8 @@ # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__197 #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou " -"de schémas seront perdus. Vraiment quitter ?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou de schémas seront perdus. Vraiment quitter ?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1567,20 +1208,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Liste des problèmes de mise à jour Les paquets de cette liste " -"ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.Raisons possibles :</" -"p> Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.Il n'existe de " -"version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.</" -"p>Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties Veuillez définir " -"manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Liste des problèmes de mise à jour Les paquets de cette liste ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.Raisons possibles : Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.Il n'existe de version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties Veuillez définir manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49 #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) @@ -1614,32 +1243,13 @@ msgstr "Versions du paquet incompatibles" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" -"capable versions of this package at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes en train d'essayer d'installer en même temps une version de ce " -"paquet supportant le multi-version et une autre version ne le supportant pas." -"" +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "Vous êtes en train d'essayer d'installer en même temps une version de ce paquet supportant le multi-version et une autre version ne le supportant pas." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " -"to unselect this version and keep the other one." -msgstr "" -"Cette version supporte le multi-version.Appuyer sur « Continuer » " -"pour installer cette version et désélectionner la version ne supportant pas " -"le multi-version, « Annuler » pour désélectionner cette version et garder " -"l'autre." +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "Cette version supporte le multi-version.Appuyer sur « Continuer » pour installer cette version et désélectionner la version ne supportant pas le multi-version, « Annuler » pour désélectionner cette version et garder l'autre." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones." -msgstr "" -"Cette version ne supporte pas le multi-version.Appuyer sur " -"« Continuer » pour installer seulement cette version et désélectionner " -"toutes les autres, « Annuler » pour désélectionner cette version et garder " -"les autres." +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "Cette version ne supporte pas le multi-version.Appuyer sur « Continuer » pour installer seulement cette version et désélectionner toutes les autres, « Annuler » pour désélectionner cette version et garder les autres."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95142 - trunk/yast/fr/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:23 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95142 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for fr Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:22 UTC (rev 95141) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:23 UTC (rev 95142) @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 17:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Sylvain Tostain <locnar(a)gmx.com>\n" "Language-Team: French <>\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95141 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:22 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95141 Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/vpn.fi.po Log: Merged vpn.pot for fi Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/vpn.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/vpn.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/vpn.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:22 UTC (rev 95141) @@ -0,0 +1,524 @@ +# Finnish translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: fi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Gateway IP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +msgid "Pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +msgid "Set" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +msgid "Show key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +msgid "(hidden)" +msgstr "" + +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +msgid "Please select a user to delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." +msgstr "" + +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +msgid "Gateway certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +msgid "Path to certificate file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Pick.." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +msgid "Path to certificate key file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +msgid "Show Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +msgid "Gateway - PSK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +msgid "Gateway - Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +msgid "Client - PSK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +msgid "Client - Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +msgid "The connection name is already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +msgid "" +"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" +"All of gateway scenarios are already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +msgid "" +"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" +"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +msgid "The user name is already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." +msgstr "" + +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" +msgstr "" + +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable VPN daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "All VPNs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "New VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "View Connection Status" +msgstr "" + +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +msgid "" +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +msgstr "" + +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +msgid "Delete connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " +msgstr "" + +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "" +"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" +"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" +msgstr "" + +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" +msgstr "" + +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." +msgstr "" + +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +msgid "Connection name: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +msgid "Gateway (Server)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +msgid "Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +msgid "The scenario is" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +msgid "Edit Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "The gateway requires authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "By a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +msgid "By a certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +msgid "VPN gateway IP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" +msgstr "" + +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" +msgstr "" + +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" +"Name has to begin with a letter." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Path to certificate file:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Path to certificate key file:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." +msgstr "" + +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." +msgstr "" + +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Please enter a password." +msgstr "" + +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Confirm daemon restart" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "" +"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" +msgstr "" + +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +msgid "" +"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" +"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +msgid "" +"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"The script is located at %s" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +msgid "VPN Global Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +msgid "Gateway and Connections" +msgstr "" + +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +msgid "A gateway serving clients in " +msgstr "" + +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +msgid "A client connecting to " +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95140 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:21 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95140 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po Log: Merged users.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:19 UTC (rev 95139) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:21 UTC (rev 95140) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 10:08+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgstr "Tunnista käyttäjät vain paikallisin /etc/passwd- ja /etc/shadow-tiedostoin valitsemalla Paikallinen." @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" msgstr "&Paikallinen (/etc/passwd)" @@ -252,18 +252,18 @@ #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Lue käyttäjätiedot aikaisemmasta asennuksesta" #. button label #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 msgid "&Choose" msgstr "&Valitse" #. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 msgid "Authentication Method" msgstr "Tunnistautumismenetelmä" @@ -274,13 +274,13 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "&Valitse luettavat käyttäjät" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "V&alitse kaikki tai poista valinta kaikista" @@ -410,8 +410,8 @@ #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -447,8 +447,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Käytetäänkö tätä salasanaa?" @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" @@ -492,99 +492,99 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Salasanan salaustapa" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 msgid "Authentication " msgstr "Tunnistautuminen " #. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." msgstr "Valitse paikallisten ja järjestelmäkäyttäjien salasanojen salaustapa." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." msgstr "SHA-512 on tämänhetkinen oletussalaus. Muiden salauksien käyttö ei ole suositeltavaa, ellei se ole välttämätöntä yhteensopivuuden takia." #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Käyttäjän &täydellinen nimi" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Käyttäjätunnus" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Käytä tätä &salasanaa järjestelmän ylläpitoon" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "Vastaanota järjestelmä&posti" #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automaattinen kirjautuminen" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 msgid "Create New User" msgstr "Luo uusi käyttäjä" @@ -592,13 +592,13 @@ #. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the #. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. #. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Tyhjä käyttäjätunnus" #. yes-no popup contents #. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ "" #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -692,14 +692,14 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "Valitse Käytä tätä salasanaa järjestelmän ylläpidossa, jos samaa salasanaa, joka annetaan ensimmäiselle käyttäjälle käytetään myös pääkäyttäjän salasanana." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" "Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" @@ -720,39 +720,39 @@ #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) #. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Asiantuntija-asetukset" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." msgstr "Tunnistautumistapa on paikallinen /etc/passwd." #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "Salasanan salaustapa on %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "Käyttäjä %s tuodaan." msgstr[1] "Käyttäjät %s tuodaan." #. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Muuta..." #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Yhteenveto" #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "Käyttäjän uusi UID" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan käyttäjän määritystä..." @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ #. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD #. The date must stay in this format #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "Vanhentumispäivämäärän on oltava muodossa VVVV-KK-PP." @@ -1535,19 +1535,19 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Lisäosan kuvaus" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Lisää tai p&oista liitännäinen" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Käynnistä" @@ -1603,17 +1603,17 @@ #. tab label #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Lii&tännäiset" #. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "Muuta kotihakemisto %1?" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1624,12 +1624,12 @@ "Kirjaa käyttäjä ulos ensin." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Anna kotihakemiston koko." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1639,64 +1639,64 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "Tätä lisäosaa ei voi poistaa." #. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "Olet lisännyt uuden käyttäjän." #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Uusi paikallinen ryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Uusi järjestelmäryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Uusi LDAP-ryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Olemassa oleva paikallinen ryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Olemassa oleva järjestelmäryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Olemassa oleva LDAP-ryhmä" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Ryhmän &nimi" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "Ryhmän &ID (gid)" #. selection box label #. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes #. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "Ryh&män jäsenet" #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Ryhmän tie&dot" @@ -3547,13 +3547,13 @@ #. init dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Käyttäjä- ja ryhmämääritys" #. label (during init dialog) #. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Valmistellaan..." @@ -4512,13 +4512,13 @@ "olemassa olevan ryhmän nimen välillä.\n" "Yritä toista nimeä." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Käyttäjää %s ei ole olemassa." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4529,7 +4529,7 @@ "oletusryhmänään." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4540,22 +4540,22 @@ "Poista nämä käyttäjät ensin ryhmästä." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Käyttäjät</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Ryhmät</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Kirjautumisasetukset</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Käyttäjä %1 määritetty automaattista kirjautumista varten"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95139 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:19 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95139 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po Log: Merged update.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:18 UTC (rev 95138) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:19 UTC (rev 95139) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-27 22:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Päivitysvalinnat" @@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" @@ -298,28 +298,30 @@ msgstr "Mahdollisesti havaittiin keskeneräinen asennus." #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Päivitettävät paketit: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Uudet asennettavat paketit: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Poistettavat paketit: %1" #. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Päivitettävien pakettien yhteiskoko: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>" msgstr "Kaikkien ongelmien ratkaisu ei onnistu. Vaaditaan käyttäjän toimia." #. this is a heading @@ -364,27 +366,29 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Nykyisen RPM-tietokannan lukeminen ei onnistunut." -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgstr "Asennettu tuote ei ole yhteensopiva asennustietovälineellä olevan tuotteen kanssa." - #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Tuntematon tuote" +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "Asennettu tuote ei ole yhteensopiva asennustietovälineellä olevan tuotteen kanssa." + #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -395,22 +399,22 @@ "tai poista käytöstä tuotteen eri version asennuslähteet.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Varoitus: Päivitetään '%1' -> '%2', tuotteet eivät täysin täsmää." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Päivitä vain asennetut paketit" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Päivitys pohjautuu ohjelmistoryhmiin" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -423,17 +427,17 @@ "(oletusvalinta) ja poistetaanko ylläpitämättömät paketit.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Päivitysvalinnat" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Mitään näistä tiedostoista ei ole olemassa:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -596,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr "&Kyllä, jatka" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -605,17 +609,17 @@ "miten tämä ongelma ratkaistaan." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Tuntematon Linux-järjestelmä" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Muu kuin Linux-järjestelmä" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -630,7 +634,7 @@ "tai käynnistä tietokone uudelleen.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Tarkistetaan osiota %1" @@ -639,23 +643,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Näytä tie&dot" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan tiedostojärjestelmää %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän tarkistus epäonnistui." #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -666,24 +670,24 @@ "Haluatko jatkaa laitteen liittämistä?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Ohita laitteen liittäminen" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Väärä salasana. Yritetäänkö uudelleen?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varoitus" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -700,7 +704,7 @@ "Haluatko jatkaa nykyisen järjestelmän päivittämistä?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -721,27 +725,27 @@ "Keskeyttääksesi päivityksen napsauta \"Peruuta\".\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Määritä liito&svalinnat" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Liitosvalinnat" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Liitoskohta" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Laite" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -750,12 +754,12 @@ "(tyhjä = automaattitunnistus)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var-osion %1 liittäminen ei onnistu.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -767,17 +771,17 @@ "udev ID: %5, \n" "udev polku: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 msgid "None" msgstr "Ei mikään" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "/var-osioa ei löydetty automaattisesti" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -788,22 +792,22 @@ "jatkaaksesi päivitystoimintoa." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Valitse /var-osion -laite" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Laitetiedot" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "/var-osion liittäminen ei onnistu tällä levymäärityksellä.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -816,7 +820,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -829,32 +833,32 @@ "liitostapa johonkin muuhun tapaan." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Tiedostoa fstab ei löytynyt." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Juuriosiolla /etc/fstab-tiedostossa on virheellinen juurilaite.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Se on tällä hetkellä liitettynä %1 mutta listattu %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Tutkitaan juuriosiota. Pieni hetki..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Osioita otetaan käyttöön. Pieni hetki..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Etsitään käytettävissä olevia järjestelmiä"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95138 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:18 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95138 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po Log: Merged timezone_db.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:17 UTC (rev 95137) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:18 UTC (rev 95138) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-28 22:17+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -278,21 +278,18 @@ # IS #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Islanti" #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "Azorit" # FO #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "Kanariansaaret" @@ -1448,8 +1445,8 @@ #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 -msgid "Saigon" -msgstr "Saigon" +msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" +msgstr "" #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 @@ -2554,3 +2551,6 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" + +#~ msgid "Saigon" +#~ msgstr "Saigon"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95137 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:17 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95137 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po Log: Merged sysconfig.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:16 UTC (rev 95136) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:17 UTC (rev 95137) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -497,101 +497,123 @@ "\n" #. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Etsitään..." -#. Display confirmation dialog -#. @param [String] message Confirmation message -#. @param [String] command Command to confirm -#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 -msgid "Command: " -msgstr "Komento: " - #. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "Ohi&ta" -#. get activation map for variable -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 -msgid "A command will be executed" -msgstr "Komento suoritetaan" - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 -msgid "Starting command: %1..." -msgstr "Aloitetaan komento: %1..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 -msgid "Command %1 failed" -msgstr "Komento %1 epäonnistui" - #. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan sysconfig-määritystä" #. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Kirjoita uudet asetukset" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Ota muutokset käyttöön" -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 -msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -msgstr "Muuttujan %1 tallennus tiedostoon %2 epäonnistui." - -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 -msgid "Saving variable %1..." -msgstr "Tallennetaan muuttuja %1..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "Tallennetaan muutokset tiedostoihin..." -#. service is running, reload it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 -msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -msgstr "Palvelu %1 ladataan uudelleen" +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Valmis" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 -msgid "Reloading service %1..." +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto" + +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Aloitetaan komento: %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Komento %1 epäonnistui" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Komento suoritetaan" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Komento: " + +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Ladataan palvelu %1 uudelleen..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 -msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Palvelun %1 lataaminen uudelleen epäonnistui" -#. service is running, restart it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 -msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -msgstr "Palvelu %1 käynnistetään uudelleen" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" +msgstr "Palvelu %1 ladataan uudelleen" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 -msgid "Restarting service %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua %1 uudelleen..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 -msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Palvelun %1 uudelleenkäynnistys epäonnistui" -#. set 100% in progress bar -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Valmis" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgid "Service %s will be restarted" +msgstr "Palvelu %1 käynnistetään uudelleen" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 -msgid "Configuration Summary" -msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto" +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" +msgstr "" +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Tallennetaan muuttuja %1..." + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Muuttujan %1 tallennus tiedostoon %2 epäonnistui." + #~ msgid "" #~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" #~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95136 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:16 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95136 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po Log: Merged support.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:14 UTC (rev 95135) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:16 UTC (rev 95136) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 23:27+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -36,52 +36,52 @@ msgstr "&Tuki" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Tukimäärityksen yhteenvetoikkuna" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Avaa SUSE tukikeskus" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "Tämä avaa SUSE Support Center portaalin selaimeen." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Avaa" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Kerää tiedot" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "Tämä luo kerätyistä lokeista tarball-tiedoston." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Luo raportti tarball-tiedosto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Lataa tiedosto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "Tämä lataa kerätyt lokitiedostot määritettyyn osoitteeseen." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Lataa" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "Yhtään asennettua selainta ei löytynyt." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -93,183 +93,184 @@ "osoitetta %1.\n" "Avataanko selain?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Tukimäärityksen latausikkuna" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Tallenna nimellä" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Tallennushakemisto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Lokitiedostot sisältävä paketti" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Lataa lokitiedostot osoitteeseen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Latauskohde" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "Asetuksia ei voitu kirjoittaa" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Asetuksia ei voitu kirjoittaa." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Valitse hakemisto johon tarball-tiedosto tallennetaan" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Valitse lokitiedostot sisältävä tarball-tiedosto" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Tukimääritysten parametrien määritys" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Luo täysi tiedostolista hakemistosta '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Jätä pois levyn yksityiskohtaiset tiedot ja kuvaus" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Etsi juuritiedostojärjelmästä eDirectory tapahtumia" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Sisällä täysi SLP-palvelulista" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Suorittaa rpm -V komennon jokaiselle asennetulle rpm-paketille" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "Sisällä kaikki rivit lokitiedostosta. Kerää lisää kierrätetyistä lokeista" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Käytä oletusarvoja (sivuuta /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Aktivoi kaikki tukitoiminnot" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Kerää vain minimaalinen määrä tietoa" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Käytä mukautettuja (Lisä-) asetuksia" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Lisäasetukset" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Valinnat" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Tukimääritysten lisäasetukset" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Oletusvalinnat" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Tukimääritysten yhteystietojen määritys" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Yhteystiedot" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Yritys" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Sähköposti" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Puhelinnumero" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "Tallennus ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "Pääte ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Lataustiedot" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11 numeroinen palvelupyyntönumero" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR numeron tulee olla 11 merkkiä" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Kerätään tietoja" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Edistyminen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Kerättyjen tietojen tarkastus" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Tiedoston nimi" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Poista tiedoista"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95135 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:14 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95135 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po Log: Merged storage.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:13 UTC (rev 95134) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:14 UTC (rev 95135) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 10:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #. dialog heading #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67 +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Asiantuntijan osiointityökalu" @@ -107,8 +107,7 @@ msgstr "&Luo osiointimääritys..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -977,7 +976,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "E&hdota erillistä home-osiota" @@ -995,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "Ehdotustyyppi" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1010,7 +1009,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1026,7 +1025,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1041,7 +1040,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1055,8 +1054,19 @@ "\n" "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1076,7 +1086,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1091,11 +1101,18 @@ "Haluatko säilyttää määrittämäsi /boot-osion koon?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" +#| "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" -"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" -"\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Varoitus: bios_grub-tyyppistä osiota ei löytynyt.\n" @@ -1106,13 +1123,21 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#| "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1125,7 +1150,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti määritystä ilman /boot-osiota?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1143,7 +1168,7 @@ "\n" "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1156,7 +1181,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti nykyistä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1173,7 +1198,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1198,7 +1223,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1223,12 +1248,12 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1250,7 +1275,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö asetusta varmasti sivutusosioitta?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1263,7 +1288,7 @@ "seuraavissa tapauksissa:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1275,7 +1300,7 @@ "- jos osio ei vielä sisällä tiedostojärjestelmää\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1286,7 +1311,7 @@ "liitospisteeseen kuten /, /boot, /opt tai /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1297,7 +1322,7 @@ "Jätetäänkö osio varmasti alustamatta?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1331,7 @@ "Poista se RAID-järjestelmästä ennen sen muokkausta.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1315,7 +1340,7 @@ "Poista se taltioryhmästä ennen sen muokkausta.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1324,7 +1349,7 @@ "Poista taltio ennen sen muokkausta.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1333,7 +1358,7 @@ "Poista se RAID-järjestelmästä ennen sen poistamista.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1341,12 +1366,12 @@ "Laitetta (%2) käyttää %1.\n" "Poista %1 ennen sen poistamista.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Liitettyä levyä ei voi poistaa." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1355,7 +1380,7 @@ "on toinen looginen osio, jolla on sitä suurempi numero.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1368,7 +1393,7 @@ "Valitse Peruuta, ellet tarkkaan tiedä mitä olet tekemässä.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1382,7 +1407,7 @@ "jatketun osion poistamista.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1395,7 +1420,7 @@ "RAID-järjestelmän osa. Siirrä osiot pois RAID-järjestelmästä ennen jatketun osion poistamista.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1407,30 +1432,30 @@ "Poista käytetty taltio ennen kuin poistat jatketun osion.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Anna salatun tiedostojärjestelmän salasana." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Älä unohda mitä tähän kirjoitat!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Tyhjä salasana sallitaan." #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Salatun tiedostojärjestelmän salasana laitteella %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1439,7 +1464,7 @@ "laitteelle %1 liitoskohdassa %2.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Anna salatun tiedostojärjestelmän salasana" @@ -1447,7 +1472,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Anna tiedostojärjestelmän salasana:" @@ -1458,18 +1483,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Anna salasana &uudelleen:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ohita" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1481,8 +1506,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1492,8 +1517,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1501,17 +1526,17 @@ "Salasanassa pitää olla vähintään %1 merkkiä.\n" "Yritä uudelleen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Ei liukulukua." #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän valinnat:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1520,7 +1545,7 @@ "Vaihda taltion nimeä niin, ettei se sisällä tätä merkkiä.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" @@ -1536,7 +1561,7 @@ "Jos valinta ei ole käytettävissä, se ei ole mahdollinen.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" @@ -1549,46 +1574,46 @@ "Taltion nimi ei saa sisältää vinoviivaa (’/’) tai välilyöntiä.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Liitos /etc/fstab-tiedostossa" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Laitenimi" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Taltion &nimi" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UUID" msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Laitteen &ID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Laite&polku" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-valinnat:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1599,62 +1624,62 @@ "on %1 merkkiä. Nimi lyhennettiin tähän pituuteen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Anna taltion nimi siihen perustuvaa liitosta varten." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Taltion nimi on jo käytössä. Valitse toinen nimi." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Tiedostojärjestelmä" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "V&alinnat..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Salaa laite" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän t&unniste:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Alustus" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "Ä&lä alusta" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Alusta" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "&Fstab-valinnat" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Liitoskohta" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1678,7 +1703,7 @@ "Jatkatko?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1689,7 +1714,7 @@ "Vain fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 ja reiser sallivat tiedostojärjestelmän pienentämisen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1700,21 +1725,21 @@ "Vain fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 ja reiser sallivat tiedostojärjestelmän pienentämisen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Osion pienentäminen vaarantaa tietojen säilymisen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Tämän loogisen taltion pienentäminen vaarantaa tiedostojen säilymisen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Jatkatko?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1725,7 +1750,7 @@ "Vain fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs ja reiser sallivat tiedostojärjestelmän laajennuksen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1735,20 +1760,20 @@ "YaST ei voi laajentaa valitun osion tiedostojärjestelmää.\n" "Vain fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs ja reiser sallivat tiedostojärjestelmän laajennuksen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Jatkatko koon muuttamista?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Pienensit osiota, jolla on reiser-tiedostojärjestelmä." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Pienensit loogista osioita, jolla on reiser-tiedostojärjestelmä." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1764,7 +1789,7 @@ "Pienennetäänkö tiedostojärjestelmää nyt?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1777,7 +1802,7 @@ "Valitse Peruuta, ellet tiedä tarkkaan mitä olet tekemässä.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1792,7 +1817,7 @@ "laitteen poistamista.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1807,7 +1832,7 @@ "laitteen poistamista.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1820,55 +1845,55 @@ "ennen laitteen poistamista.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Luo ja poista alitaltioita Btrfs-tiedostojärjestelmästä.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "Ota käyttöön snapperin automaattiset tilannekuvat Btrfs-tiedostojärjestelmästä." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Olemassa olevat alitaltiot:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Uusi alitaltio" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Lisää uusi" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Poista" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Ota tilannekuvat käyttöön" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Alitaltioiden hallinta" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Tyhjä alitaltion nimi ei ole sallittu." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1876,11 +1901,11 @@ "Vain \"%1\" alkavat alitaltioiden nimet ovat sallittuja!\n" "Lisätään \"%1\" automaattisesti alitaltion nimeen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Alitaltio nimellä %1 on jo olemassa." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Tähän mennessä tehdyt muutokset katoavat." @@ -2070,17 +2095,17 @@ "Sinun tulee valita levyn kaikki osiot poistettavaksi.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Et voi käyttää liitoskohtaa \"%1\" LVM:lle.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Et voi käyttää liitoskohtaa %1 RAIDille." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2097,7 +2122,7 @@ "Tehdäänkö todella näin?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2110,7 +2135,7 @@ " tiedostojärjestelmää, joka ei ole silmukkajärjestelmä (loopback).\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2130,28 +2155,28 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Liitospiste ei saa olla tyhjä." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Swap-laitteilla tulee olla liitospisteenä swap." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Vain swap-laitteilla voi olla liitospisteenä swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Tämä liitoskohta on jo käytössä. Valitse toinen." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2160,12 +2185,12 @@ "Tämä ei ole mahdollista." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Virheellinen merkki liitoskohdassa. Älä käytä merkkejä \"`'!\"%#\" liitoskohdassa." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2176,12 +2201,12 @@ "/var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Liitoskohdan pitää alkaa ”/” " #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" @@ -2195,7 +2220,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2204,7 +2229,7 @@ "Tämän tiedostojärjestelmän pienin mahdollinen koko on %2\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2213,7 +2238,7 @@ "laitteelle jossa ei ole tiedostojärjestelmää tai tiedostojärjestelmä on tuntematon." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2237,12 +2262,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä on tällä hetkellä liitetty %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2252,12 +2277,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Irrota" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2265,15 +2290,15 @@ "Voit yrittää irrottaa sen nyt tai keskeyttää.\n" "Napsauta Keskeytä jos et tiedä tarkkaan mitä olet tekemässä." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän pienentäminen ei ole mahdollista." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän suurentaminen ei ole mahdollista." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän koon muuttaminen ei ole mahdollista." @@ -2560,11 +2585,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Muokkaa" @@ -2595,9 +2618,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2619,8 +2641,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Muokkaa..." @@ -2637,8 +2658,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -3042,7 +3062,7 @@ msgstr "DM-laite: %1" #. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. #. #. All Rights Reserved. #. @@ -3060,16 +3080,16 @@ #. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may #. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. File: ep-graph.rb #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Lisää RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Lisää taltioryhmä" @@ -3077,43 +3097,43 @@ #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Laitegrafiikka" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Tallenna laitegrafiikka..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Tässä näkymässä näet laitteet grafiikkana." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Kuvatiedoston tallennus ei onnistunut." #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Liitospistegrafiikka" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Tallenna liitospistegrafiikka..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Tässä näkymässä näet liitospisteet grafiikkana." @@ -3235,7 +3255,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Levy on käytössä, eikä sitä voida muokata." @@ -3445,8 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "Siirrä" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Muuta kokoa" @@ -3484,7 +3503,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Kiintolevyt" @@ -3545,8 +3564,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3737,22 +3755,34 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Ei muutoksia osiointiin." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Muutokset osiointiin:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Ei muutoksia tallennusasetuksissa." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Tallennusasetukset:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Storage settings:" +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "Tallennusasetukset:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No changes to storage settings." +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "Ei muutoksia tallennusasetuksissa." + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "Loki" @@ -3913,7 +3943,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Salaustiedostot" @@ -4300,7 +4330,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Taltiohallinta" @@ -4371,54 +4401,54 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Laitekuvain (DM)" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Käyttämättömät laitteet" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Yhteenveto asennuksesta" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Asetukset" #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4429,17 +4459,17 @@ "Lopetetaanko varmasti?" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Tässä näet osioinnin yhteenvedon. " #. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Yhteenveto" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "Järjestelmänäkymä" @@ -5886,7 +5916,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Koon muuttaminen ei mahdollista:" @@ -5899,7 +5929,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5912,7 +5942,7 @@ "Annettu salaussalasana saattaa olla virheellinen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5923,7 +5953,7 @@ "Yritä uudestaan." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5935,24 +5965,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Anna salauksen salasana:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Anna salasana" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Seuraavat salatut taltiot ovat saatavilla." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Salattujen taltioryhmien käyttöönotto" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5962,12 +5992,12 @@ "Seuraavat taltiot sisältävät salatun allekirjoituksen, mutta salasana ei ole vielä tiedossa.\n" "Salasana tarvitaan mikäli taltioita päivitetään tai jos kuuluvat salattuun LVM:ään." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Haluatko antaa salauksen salasanat?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5977,58 +6007,69 @@ "Salasanaa kokeillaan jokaisen laitteen avaamiseen." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Anna salauksen salasana" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Salattuja taltioita ei ole." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Anna salasana joillekin seuraavista laitteista:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Anna salasana seuraavalle laitteelle:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Yritetään avata salattuja taltioita..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Salasana ei avannut yhtään taltiota." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-levy" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-levy" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Levy" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Jatketaanko virheestä huolimatta?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Osiota ei voi luoda, koska muut levyn osiot ovat käytössä." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6038,7 +6079,7 @@ "Laitetta %1 ei voida muokata, koska se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion,\n" "jota tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6048,7 +6089,7 @@ "Laitetta %1 ei voida muokata, koska se sisältää asennustietoja,\n" "joita tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6058,7 +6099,7 @@ "Laitetta %1 ei voida poistaa, koska se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion,\n" "jota tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6068,7 +6109,7 @@ "Laitetta %1 ei voida poistaa koska se sisältää tietoja,\n" "joita tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6080,7 +6121,7 @@ "laitetta %2. Se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion, jota tarvitaan\n" "asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6091,7 +6132,7 @@ "laitetta %2. Se sisältää asennuksen suorittamiseen tarvittavia tietoja.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6102,18 +6143,18 @@ "ovat käytössä.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Mitään ei ole määritetty root-tiedostojärjestelmäksi!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Asennus tulee epäonnistumaan!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Seuraavan ratkaistavan osan lisääminen epäonnistui: %1 " @@ -6126,10 +6167,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Järjestelmävirheen koodi oli: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Jatketaanko virheestä huolimatta?" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6766,41 +6803,41 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Koon muuttaminen mahdotonta johtuen tiedostojärjestelmän epäyhtenäisyydestä. Yritä tarkistaa tiedostojärjestelmä Windowsissa." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Luo &LVM-pohjainen ehdotus" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "&Salaa taltioryhmä" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä juuriosiolle" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä home-osiolle" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Suurenna &Swap lepotilalle" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Ehdotetut asetukset" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" @@ -6809,7 +6846,7 @@ "LVM-pohjainen ehdotus voidaan salata.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6822,7 +6859,7 @@ "juuriosion kokoa." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -6831,7 +6868,7 @@ "voi valita yhdistelmäruudusta." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -6839,19 +6876,19 @@ "Sivutusosiosta voi tehdä riittävän ison, jotta lepotila levylle toimii\n" "useimmissa tapauksissa." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Anna salasana ehdotetulle salaukselle." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Salasana:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Anna salasana uudelleen:"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95134 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:13 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95134 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po Log: Merged squid.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:12 UTC (rev 95133) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:13 UTC (rev 95134) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-11 19:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuaalisesti" @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Kirjaus ja aikakatkaisu" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Sekalaiset asetukset" @@ -444,31 +444,27 @@ msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Välimuisti&varastoloki" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339 -msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" -msgstr "&Emuloi httpd-lokia?" - -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Aikakatkaisut" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&Yhteyden aikakatkaisu" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "Asiakkaan &elinaika" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "&Virheviestien kieli" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "&Ylläpitäjän sähköposti" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "&Käytä FTP:tä passiivitilassa" @@ -1012,28 +1008,28 @@ #. ************* ACL END ************************ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "Pääsyloki ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "Välimuistiloki ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Väärä polunnimi pääsylokikentässä" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Väärä polunnimi välimuistilokikentässä" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "Väärä polunnimi välimuistin varastolokikentässä" #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "Ylläpitäjän sähköpostiosoite ei voi sisältää välilyöntejä." @@ -1049,149 +1045,149 @@ #. Read all squid settings #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan Squid-määritystä" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "Lue HTTP-porttimääritykset tiedostosta." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Lue päivitysmääritykset tiedostosta." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "Lue ACL-ryhmät tiedostosta." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Lue pääsynvalvontamääritykset tiedostosta." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Lue muut asetukset" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Lue palvelun tila." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "Luetaan HTTP-portteja..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Luetaan päivitysmäärityksiä..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "Luetaan ACL-ryhmiä..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Luetaan pääsynvalvontataulua..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Luetaan muita asetuksia..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Luetaan palvelun tila..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetuksia..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "Määritystiedoston lukeminen ei onnistu." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "Palvelun tilan lukeminen ei onnistu." #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan Squid-määritykset" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Käynnistä palvelu" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetuksia..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." #. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Palomuurin asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistu." #. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid-välityspalvelin" #. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Palvelun käynnistys: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" #. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Määritetyt portit:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (läpinäkyvä)" #. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Välimuistihakemisto: " @@ -1627,6 +1623,9 @@ msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "kiina (perinteinen)" +#~ msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" +#~ msgstr "&Emuloi httpd-lokia?" + #~ msgid "Russian-koi8-r" #~ msgstr "venäjä-koi8-r"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95133 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:12 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95133 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po Log: Merged snapper.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:10 UTC (rev 95132) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:12 UTC (rev 95133) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -21,134 +21,175 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Järjestelmän tilannevedosten määritys" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Description" msgstr "Kuvaus" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "User data" msgstr "Lisäinfo" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Puhdistusalgoritmi" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Muokkaa tilannevedosta %1" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Muokkaa tilannevedoksia %1 - %2" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pre (%1)" +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Ennen (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Post (%1)" +msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Jälkeen (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Luo uusi tilannevedos" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Yksittäinen tilannevedos" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Ennen" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Jälkeen, Ennen pari:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa tilannevedoksen %1?" +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa tilannevedoksen %1?" + #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Tilannevedokset" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Single" msgstr "Yksittäinen" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Ennen & Jälkeen" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Luetaan tilannevedosten luetteloa..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Nykyiset määritykset" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Alkupäivämäärä" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Loppupäivämäärä" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Lisäinfo" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Näytä muutokset" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Muokkaa" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -157,131 +198,131 @@ "Eroavaisuuksia ei voida täten näyttää." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Valitun tilannevedoksen yhteenveto" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Lasketaan muuttuneita tiedostoja..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Lasketaan tiedostojen muokkauksia..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Uusi tiedoto luotu." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Tiedosto poistettu." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Tiedoston sisältöä ei muutettu." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Tiedostoa ei ole kummassakaan tilannevedoksessa." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Tiedoston sisältöä muutettiin." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Tiedoston tila muutettiin '%1' -> '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Tiedoston omistajuus vaihdettiin '%1' -> '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Tiedoston omistajaryhmä vaihdettiin '%1' -> '%2'." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "&Palauta ensimmäisestä" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Palauta" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Palauta &toisesta" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Näytä tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän erot" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Näytä nykyisen ja valitun tilannevedoksen väliset erot:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Näytä ensimmäisen ja toisen tilannevedoksen väliset erot" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Näytä ensimmäisen tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän erot" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Näytä toisen tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän väliset erot" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "Tilannevedosten ottoajat:" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Ensimmäisen tilannevedoksen ottoaika:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Toisen tilannevedoksen ottoaika:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "Tilannevedosten ottoajat:" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Avaa" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Palauta valitut" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -297,7 +338,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -312,17 +353,19 @@ "tilannevedoksesta '%2' nykyiseen järjestelmään?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Mitään tiedostoa ei ole valittu palautettavaksi" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Palautettaan tiedostoja" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" @@ -339,7 +382,7 @@ "Tiedostot, joita ei löydy tilannevedoksesta poistetaan.Jatketaanko?" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -348,13 +391,21 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" +#| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +#| "of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +#| "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" "of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tilannevedosten määritys</big>\n" @@ -367,14 +418,23 @@ " nähdäksesi tiedostojärjestelmän muutokset valitussa tilannevedoksessa.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tilannevedosten yhteenveto</big>\n" @@ -386,7 +446,7 @@ "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" @@ -404,106 +464,108 @@ "Kun tiedosto on valittu puukaaviossa, näet sen erot tilannevedoksessa ja nykyisessä järjestelmässä.\n" "\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "Tilannevedosta '%1' ei löytynyt." - -#. Initialize snapper agent -#. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "Syy ei tiedossa" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "Määritystä ei löytynyt." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "Määritys ei kelpaa." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "" -"Snapper-kirjaston valmistelu epäonnistui:\n" -"%1" +"Tilannevedoksen poistaminen epäonnistui:\n" +" %1" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Tilannevedosta ei löytynyt." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "" "Tilannevedoksen poistaminen epäonnistui:\n" " %1" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "" +"Uuden tilannevedoksen luonti epäonnistui:\n" +" %1" + +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +msgstr "" "Tilannevedoksen muokkaus epäonnistui:\n" " %1" +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." -msgstr "Virheellinen tilannevedoksen tyyppi." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "Tilannevedosta 'Ennen' ei annettu." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Annettua 'Ennen' tilannevedosta ei löytynyt." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -"Uuden tilannevedoksen luonti epäonnistui:\n" +"Tilannevedoksen poistaminen epäonnistui:\n" " %1" #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Valmistellaan Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "Lue tilannevedosten luettelo" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..." +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of snapshots" +msgstr "Lue tilannevedosten luettelo" +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "Luetaan tilannevedosten luetteloa..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "Luetaan tilannevedosten luetteloa..." + #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -513,21 +575,59 @@ "käyttääksesi yast2-snapper. Voit luoda määrityksen käyttämällä\n" "snapperin komentorivityökalua." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Palautetaan tiedostoja..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Poistettu %1\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 ohitettu\n" +#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgstr "Tilannevedosta '%1' ei löytynyt." + +#~ msgid "Reason not known." +#~ msgstr "Syy ei tiedossa" + +#~ msgid "Configuration not found." +#~ msgstr "Määritystä ei löytynyt." + +#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid." +#~ msgstr "Määritys ei kelpaa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Snapper-kirjaston valmistelu epäonnistui:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Tilannevedosta ei löytynyt." + +#~ msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." +#~ msgstr "Virheellinen tilannevedoksen tyyppi." + +#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +#~ msgstr "Tilannevedosta 'Ennen' ei annettu." + +#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Annettua 'Ennen' tilannevedosta ei löytynyt." + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..." + #~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." #~ msgstr "Tiedosto /etc/sysconfig/snapper ei ole saatavilla."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95132 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:10 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95132 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po Log: Merged services-manager.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:09 UTC (rev 95131) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:10 UTC (rev 95132) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 09:35+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -20,7 +20,194 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Tallennetaan systemd:n oletustavoitetta..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "VNC tarvitsee käyttöön graafisen järjestelmän" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "S&ystemd:n oletustavoite" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Systemd:n oletustavoite" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Aseta systemd:n oletustavoite" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Valitaan systemd:n oletustavoitetta" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "Systemd on Linuxin järjestelmän- ja palvelunhallinta. Se koostuu yksiköistä, joiden tehtävänä on käynnistää palveluja ja toisia yksiköitä." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "Oletustavoiteyksikkö aktivoidaan käynnistettäessä oletusarvoisesti. Yleensä se on symbolinen linkki polku/etc/systemd/system/default.target. Lisätietoa systemd:n man-sivulta." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "Useamman käyttäjän tavoite asettaa palvelimeksi sopivan verkollisen ei-graafisen useamman käyttäjän järjestelmän (samanlaisen kuin ajotaso 3)." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "Graafinen tavoite asettaa työasemille tyypillisen verkollisen graafisen kirjautumisikkunan (samanlaisen kuin ajotaso 5)." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "Ellet ole varma, mikä olisi paras valinta sinulle, käytä graafista tavoitetta." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Saatavilla olevat tavoitteet" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "Asennin suosittelee oletustavoitteeksi \"%s\" " + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "X11-paketit on valittu asennettaviksi" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "Live-asennusta käytetään tyypillisesti täyteen graafisen käyttöympäristöön kohdejärjestelmässä" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "Sarjaliitäntä ei tyypillisesti tue graafista käyttöliittymää" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "Tekstitilan asennus ei oleta graafista käyttöliittymä kohdejärjestelmään" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "VNC:n käyttö olettaa graafisen käyttöliittymän kohdejärjestelmään" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "SSH-asennustila ei oleta graafista käyttöliittymää kohdejärjestelmään" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "X11-paketteja ei ole valittu asennettaviksi" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "Tämä suositus perustuu muiden asennusasetusten analyysiin" + +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Asetusten kirjoitus epäonnistui:\n" + +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Järjestelmän &oletustavoite" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Palvelu" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Käytössä" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktiivinen" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Kuvaus" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Käynnistä/Pysäytä" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "&Ota käyttöön/Poista käytöstä" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Näytä tie&dot" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Palvelunhallinta" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Luetaan palvelujen tilaa..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Ei käytössä" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "Käytössä (käynnistetään)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "Ei käytössä (pysäytetään)" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "Palvelun %{service} täydet tiedot" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Palvelut" @@ -76,165 +263,65 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Palvelua %1 ei voida ottaa käyttöön." -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "Palvelunhallinta" - #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Oletustavoite" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Käytössä" - -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" - #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "Tuntematon autoyast-palveluprofiilimalli \"services-manager\"-ohjelmalle" -#~ msgid "Saving default systemd target..." -#~ msgstr "Tallennetaan systemd:n oletustavoitetta..." +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Ei vielä määritetty." -#~ msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" -#~ msgstr "VNC tarvitsee käyttöön graafisen järjestelmän" - -#~ msgid "&Default systemd target" -#~ msgstr "S&ystemd:n oletustavoite" - -#~ msgid "Default systemd target" -#~ msgstr "Systemd:n oletustavoite" - -#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" -#~ msgstr "Aseta systemd:n oletustavoite" - -#~ msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" -#~ msgstr "Valitaan systemd:n oletustavoitetta" - -#~ msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." -#~ msgstr "Systemd on Linuxin järjestelmän- ja palvelunhallinta. Se koostuu yksiköistä, joiden tehtävänä on käynnistää palveluja ja toisia yksiköitä." - -#~ msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." -#~ msgstr "Oletustavoiteyksikkö aktivoidaan käynnistettäessä oletusarvoisesti. Yleensä se on symbolinen linkki polku/etc/systemd/system/default.target. Lisätietoa systemd:n man-sivulta." - -#~ msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -#~ msgstr "Useamman käyttäjän tavoite asettaa palvelimeksi sopivan verkollisen ei-graafisen useamman käyttäjän järjestelmän (samanlaisen kuin ajotaso 3)." - -#~ msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -#~ msgstr "Graafinen tavoite asettaa työasemille tyypillisen verkollisen graafisen kirjautumisikkunan (samanlaisen kuin ajotaso 5)." - -#~ msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." -#~ msgstr "Ellet ole varma, mikä olisi paras valinta sinulle, käytä graafista tavoitetta." - -#~ msgid "Available Targets" -#~ msgstr "Saatavilla olevat tavoitteet" - -#~ msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " -#~ msgstr "Asennin suosittelee oletustavoitteeksi \"%s\" " - -#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" -#~ msgstr "X11-paketit on valittu asennettaviksi" - -#~ msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -#~ msgstr "Live-asennusta käytetään tyypillisesti täyteen graafisen käyttöympäristöön kohdejärjestelmässä" - -#~ msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" -#~ msgstr "Sarjaliitäntä ei tyypillisesti tue graafista käyttöliittymää" - -#~ msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "Tekstitilan asennus ei oleta graafista käyttöliittymä kohdejärjestelmään" - -#~ msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "VNC:n käyttö olettaa graafisen käyttöliittymän kohdejärjestelmään" - -#~ msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "SSH-asennustila ei oleta graafista käyttöliittymää kohdejärjestelmään" - -#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" -#~ msgstr "X11-paketteja ei ole valittu asennettaviksi" - -#~ msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -#~ msgstr "Tämä suositus perustuu muiden asennusasetusten analyysiin" - -#~ msgid "Writing configuration..." -#~ msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." - -#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" -#~ msgstr "Asetusten kirjoitus epäonnistui:\n" - -#~ msgid "Default System &Target" -#~ msgstr "Järjestelmän &oletustavoite" - -#~ msgid "Service" -#~ msgstr "Palvelu" - -#~ msgid "Active" -#~ msgstr "Aktiivinen" - -#~ msgid "Description" -#~ msgstr "Kuvaus" - -#~ msgid "&Start/Stop" -#~ msgstr "&Käynnistä/Pysäytä" - -#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable" -#~ msgstr "&Ota käyttöön/Poista käytöstä" - -#~ msgid "Show &Details" -#~ msgstr "Näytä tie&dot" - -#~ msgid "Reading services status..." -#~ msgstr "Luetaan palvelujen tilaa..." - -#~ msgid "Inactive" -#~ msgstr "Ei käytössä" - -#~ msgid "Active (will start)" -#~ msgstr "Käytössä (käynnistetään)" - -#~ msgid "Inactive (will stop)" -#~ msgstr "Ei käytössä (pysäytetään)" - -#~ msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" -#~ msgstr "Palvelun %{service} täydet tiedot" - -#~ msgid "Not configured yet." -#~ msgstr "Ei vielä määritetty." - # Mistä %{change} tulee? -#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " -#~ msgstr "Ei voitu %{change} palvelua %{service}, jonka nykyinen tila on %{status}. " +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "Ei voitu %{change} palvelua %{service}, jonka nykyinen tila on %{status}. " # Mistä %{change} tulee? -#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " -#~ msgstr "Ei voitu %{change} palvelua %{service}. " +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "Ei voitu %{change} palvelua %{service}. " -#~ msgid "Graphical mode" -#~ msgstr "Graafinen tila" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Graafinen tila" -#~ msgid "Text mode" -#~ msgstr "Tekstitila" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Tekstitila" -#~ msgid "Graphical Interface" -#~ msgstr "Graafinen liitäntä" +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Hätätila" -#~ msgid "Emergency Mode" -#~ msgstr "Hätätila" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Graafinen liitäntä" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Initrd:n oletustavoite" + # Vaihdetaanko tässä root-käyttäjäksi vai tarkoitetaanko chrootia? Oletan chroot -#~ msgid "Switch Root" -#~ msgstr "Vaihda /" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Vaihda /" -#~ msgid "Initrd Default Target" -#~ msgstr "Initrd:n oletustavoite" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Useamman käyttäjän järjestelmä" -#~ msgid "Multi-User System" -#~ msgstr "Useamman käyttäjän järjestelmä" - -#~ msgid "Rescue Mode" -#~ msgstr "Pelastustila" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Pelastustila"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95131 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:09 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95131 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po Log: Merged security.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:08 UTC (rev 95130) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:09 UTC (rev 95131) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 14:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#. translators: command line help text for Security module #: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Turvamääritysmoduuli" @@ -51,15 +51,17 @@ msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Aseta määritetyn valinnan arvo" -#. command line help text for 'level home' option +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 -msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" -msgstr "Kodin työaseman turvataso (ilman verkkoa)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level" +msgid "Workstation security level" +msgstr "Verkkotyöaseman turvataso" -#. command line help text for 'level network' option +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 -msgid "Networked Workstation security level" -msgstr "Verkkotyöaseman turvataso" +msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" +msgstr "" #. command line help text for 'level server' option #: src/clients/security.rb:106 @@ -131,206 +133,202 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Käytä Magic SysRq -näppäimiä" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Käytä turvallisia käyttöoikeuksia" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Näytönhallinnan etäkäyttö" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Kirjoita järjestelmäaika takaisin laitteistokelloon" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Luo aina syslog-tiedosto cron-komentojonoista" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Suorita DHCP-demoni chroot-vankilassa" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Suorita DHCP-demoni käyttäjänä dhcp" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Etäkirjautuminen näytönhallintaan pääkäyttäjän tunnuksella" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "X-palvelimen etäkäyttö" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Sähköpostin välitysjärjestelmän etäkäyttö" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Käynnistä palvelut uudelleen päivityksen jälkeen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Pysäytä palvelu poiston yhteydessä" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Käytä TCP syncookies -tekniikkaa" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-ohjaus" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-ohjaus" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" -" (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "" -"Ota järjestelmän peruspalvelut käyttöön ajotasolla 3\n" -"(monta käyttäjää, verkko käytössä)" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." +msgid "Enable basic system services" +msgstr "Vain järjestelmän peruspalvelut käytössä." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" -" (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "" -"Ota järjestelmän peruspalvelut käyttöön ajotasolla 5 \n" -"(monta käyttäjää, verkko ja graafinen sisäänkirjautuminen käytössä)" - -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Ota käyttöön ylimääräisiä palveluita ajotasolla 3" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" -msgstr "Ota käyttöön ylimääräisiä palveluita ajotasolla 5" - #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Määritä" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Käytössä" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Turvallisuusasetukset" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Status" msgstr "Tila" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Turvallisuustila" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ohje" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 msgid " or " msgstr " tai " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "Nämä järjestelmän peruspalvelut eivät ole käynnissä ajotasolla %1: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "Kaikki peruspalvelut ovat käytössä." -#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 -msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "Nämä ylimääräiset palvelut ovat käynnissä ajotasolla %1: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "Tarkista palveluluettelo ja ota käyttämättömät palvelut pois päältä." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "Vain järjestelmän peruspalvelut käytössä." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Description" msgstr "Kuvaus" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Turvallisuusasetusten yhteenveto" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Muuta &tila" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Kuvaus" +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "" + #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Käynnistysasetukset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Käynnistysoikeudet" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Muut turva-asetukset" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Salasana-asetukset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Tarkistukset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Salasanan ikä" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -339,7 +337,7 @@ "kuin enimmäismäärä." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -348,12 +346,12 @@ "Salasanan enimmäispituus valitulle salaustavalle on %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Kirjautumisasetukset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 msgid "Login" msgstr "Kirjautuminen" @@ -456,21 +454,23 @@ #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +#| "to any type of network including the Internet." msgid "" -"Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" -"any type of a network." +"Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" -"Kodin työasema: Kodin työasemalle, joka ei ole kytkettynä\n" -"minkään tyyppiseen verkkoon." +"Verkkotyöasema: Tietokoneelle, joka on kytkettynä\n" +"minkä tahansa tyyppiseen verkkoon mukaan lukien Internet." #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" -"to any type of network including the Internet." +"Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks." msgstr "" -"Verkkotyöasema: Tietokoneelle, joka on kytkettynä\n" -"minkä tahansa tyyppiseen verkkoon mukaan lukien Internet." #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 @@ -934,41 +934,45 @@ msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "Tiedostoissa /etc/permissions.* on ennalta määrättyjä tiedostojen oikeuksia. Kaikkein tiukimmat oikeudet on määritetty \"turvallisiksi\" (secure) tai \"vainoharhaisiksi\" (paranoid)." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "Järjestelmän peruspalveluiden on oltava käytössä, jotta järjestelmä toimisi johdonmukaisesti ja jotta tarpeelliset palvelut turvallisuuden kannalta olisivat toiminnassa." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "Jokainen käynnissä oleva palvelu on potentiaalinen hyökkäyskohde. Siksi suositellaan ottamaan kaikki käyttämättömät palvelut pois päältä." #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 -msgid "Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Workstation" +msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Kodin työasema" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53 -msgid "Networked Workstation" -msgstr "Verkkotyöasema" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +msgid "Roaming Device" +msgstr "" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Verkkopalvelin" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60 -msgid "&Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Home Workstation" +msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&Kodin työasema" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62 -msgid "N&etworked Workstation" -msgstr "V&erkkotyöasema" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +msgid "&Roaming Device" +msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "Verkk&opalvelin" @@ -1048,13 +1052,13 @@ #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Enin&tään" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "Väh&intään" @@ -1078,90 +1082,83 @@ msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Ei kukaan" -#. ComboBox value -#. ["local",_("Local Users")], -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 -msgid "Automatic" -msgstr "Automaattinen" - #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Järjestelmän horrostila" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Aktiivisen konsolin käyttäjä" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Kuka tahansa voi siirtää horrostilaan" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Tunnistautuminen vaaditaan aina" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "S&alasanan salaustapa" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "Tarkista uudet &salasanat" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Muist&ettavien salasanojen määrä" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "Lyhi&n hyväksyttävä salasanan pituus" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Päivää ennen salasanan vanhenemisvaroitusta" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Tiedostojen käyttöoikeudet" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Helppo" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Turvallinen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Vainoharhainen" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Käyttäjän käynnistämä updatedb" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "&Enintään" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "Vähi&ntään" @@ -1180,65 +1177,101 @@ msgstr "Valmistellaan..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan turvallisuusmääritykset" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Kirjoita turvallisuusasetukset" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Kirjoita inittab-asetukset" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Kirjoita PAM-asetukset" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Päivitä järjestelmän asetukset" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan turvallisuusasetukset..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan inittab-asetukset..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan PAM-asetukset..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Päivitetään järjestelmän asetukset..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Nykyinen turvataso: Muokatut asetukset" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Nykyinen turvataso: %1" +#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" +#~ msgstr "Kodin työaseman turvataso (ilman verkkoa)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ota järjestelmän peruspalvelut käyttöön ajotasolla 3\n" +#~ "(monta käyttäjää, verkko käytössä)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ota järjestelmän peruspalvelut käyttöön ajotasolla 5 \n" +#~ "(monta käyttäjää, verkko ja graafinen sisäänkirjautuminen käytössä)" + +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" +#~ msgstr "Ota käyttöön ylimääräisiä palveluita ajotasolla 5" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" +#~ "any type of a network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kodin työasema: Kodin työasemalle, joka ei ole kytkettynä\n" +#~ "minkään tyyppiseen verkkoon." + +#~ msgid "Networked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "Verkkotyöasema" + +#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "V&erkkotyöasema" + +#~ msgid "Automatic" +#~ msgstr "Automaattinen" + #~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" #~ msgstr "Nykyinen &hakemisto pääkäyttäjän polussa"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95130 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:08 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95130 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po Log: Merged scanner.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:07 UTC (rev 95129) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:08 UTC (rev 95130) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-08 22:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "%1-ohjaimen ottaminen pois käytöstä ei onnistunut." @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Tiedostoa %1 ei ole olemassa." @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Tiedoston %1 lukeminen ei onnistunut." @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Selvitä käytössä olevat kuvanlukijat" @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Selvitetään käytössä olevat kuvanlukijat..." @@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" @@ -1297,19 +1297,19 @@ #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Tuntematon laite" #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Tuntematon valmistaja" #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Tuntematon malli" @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name #. %2 will be replaced by the model name #. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 liitettynä %3" @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ #. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" @@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" @@ -1538,51 +1538,51 @@ "Vaihtoehtoisesti jatka ja muuta tulostinmääritys käyttämään ptal-palvelua.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Asennetaan ohjain %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Tarkista tarvitseeko paketteja asentaa" #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Tarkista tarvitseeko laiteohjelmisto asentaa" #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "Testaa ja asenna eräiden ohjainten erityisvaatimukset" #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Ota ohjain käyttöön" #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan tarvitseeko paketteja asentaa..." #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan tarvitseeko laiteohjelmistoa asentaa..." #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "Testataan ja asennetaan eräiden ohjainten erityisvaatimukset..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Otetaan ohjain käyttöön..." #. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Vaadittua pakettia ei asennettu" @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog #. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown #. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "Ohjain %1 edellyttää pakettia %2." @@ -1600,9 +1600,9 @@ #. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. #. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. #. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Keskeytettiin" @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ #. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database #. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. #. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Edellyttää laiteohjelmiston asentamista" @@ -1623,19 +1623,19 @@ #. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service #. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Jos ptal-palvelu ei ole käynnissä, kuvanlukija ei toimi." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "PTAL-järjestelmän asetus ei onnistunut." #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1650,49 +1650,49 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." msgstr "Hpoj-ohjain on poistettu käytöstä, mutta siihen liittyvää ptal-palvelua ei otettu pois käytöstä, koska CUPS-tulostusjärjestelmä tarvitsee sitä." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "Ptal-palvelun pysäytys ei onnistunut." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "Ptal-palvelun poistaminen käytöstä ei onnistunut." #. If there is no active scanner for the backend #. then show a message but exit successfully because #. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "Ohjaimelle %1 ei ole kuvanlukijaa" #. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "Ei ole mahdollista testata ilman vastaavaa käytössä olevaa kuvanlukijaa." #. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "&Testattava kuvanlukija" #. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "Testataan %1" #. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Testataan 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." @@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(tuloksia ei ole saatavilla)" @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ #. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed #. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. #. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "Testaus %1 onnistui" @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "Verkon kautta tapahtuvan kuvanluvun määritysten selvittäminen ei onnistunut." @@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "Verkon kautta tapahtuvan kuvanluvun asetus ei onnistunut." @@ -1771,12 +1771,12 @@ #. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message #. regarding scanning via network and firewall. #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Tarkista, että palomuuri sallii kuvanlukemisen verkon yli." #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "Lisää tietoa palomuurin asetuksista saat lukemalla tämän ikkunan ohjeen."

1 0